blob: f43ab7c824a253ce4255239634e0cdecbc3bf701 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 8.2. Last change: 2022 Mar 02
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
3513. Highlight command |:highlight|
3614. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3715. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3816. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
3917. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4018. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4119. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000042
43{Vi does not have any of these commands}
44
45Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
46disabled at compile time.
47
48==============================================================================
491. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
50
51 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
52This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
53
54 :syntax enable
55
56What this command actually does is to execute the command >
57 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
58
59If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
60the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
61fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
62directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010063are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
64"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010065This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
66will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000067
68 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010069The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
70This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000071after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
72defaults, use: >
73 :syntax on
74<
75 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
76If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
77with: >
78 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
79For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
80For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
81
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010082NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000083The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010084file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000085automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
86
87NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
88of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000089reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000091highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000092
93 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
94 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
95
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000096NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000097foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
98
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +020099 *g:syntax_on*
100You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
101 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000102
103To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200104 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105 \ syntax off <Bar>
106 \ else <Bar>
107 \ syntax enable <Bar>
108 \ endif <CR>
109[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
110
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000111Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000112The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
113this works, look in the file:
114 command file ~
115 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
116 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
118 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
119Also see |syntax-loading|.
120
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100121NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
122makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
123
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000124==============================================================================
1252. Syntax files *:syn-files*
126
127The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
128a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
129name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
130a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
131Examples:
132 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
133 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
134
135The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
136the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
137language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
138for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
139 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
140
141The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
142 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
143 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
144These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
145
146
147MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
148
149When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
150automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
151
1521. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
153 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
154 mkdir ~/.vim
155
1562. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
157 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
158
1593. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
160 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
161 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
162
163Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
164 :set syntax=mine
165You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
166
167If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
168
169If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
170to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
171
172
173ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
174
175If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
176add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
177
1781. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
179
1802. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
181 mkdir ~/.vim/after
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
183
1843. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
185 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
186 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
187
1884. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
189 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
190 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
191
192That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
193different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
194
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000195If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
196All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
197 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
199
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000200
201REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
202
203If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
204version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
205that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200206Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
207b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000208
209
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100210NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
211
212A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
213thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
214A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
215
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000216The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +0100217and the underscore. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*". However, Vim does not give
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +0000218an error when using other characters. The maxium length of a group name is
219about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000220
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100221To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000222be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
223These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
224you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
225
226 *Comment any comment
227
228 *Constant any constant
229 String a string constant: "this is a string"
230 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
231 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
232 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
233 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
234
235 *Identifier any variable name
236 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
237
238 *Statement any statement
239 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
240 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
241 Label case, default, etc.
242 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
243 Keyword any other keyword
244 Exception try, catch, throw
245
246 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
247 Include preprocessor #include
248 Define preprocessor #define
249 Macro same as Define
250 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
251
252 *Type int, long, char, etc.
253 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
254 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
255 Typedef A typedef
256
257 *Special any special symbol
258 SpecialChar special character in a constant
259 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
260 Delimiter character that needs attention
261 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
262 Debug debugging statements
263
264 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
265
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200266 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000267
268 *Error any erroneous construct
269
270 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
271 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
272
273The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
274For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
275The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
276highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
277after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
278
279Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
280can be used for the same group.
281
282The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
283 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
284
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200285 *hl-Ignore*
286When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
287mechanism. See |conceal|.
288
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000289==============================================================================
2903. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
291
292This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
293issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
294located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
295
296":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
297
298 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
299 |
300 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
301 |
302 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
303 | |
304 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
305 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
306 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
307 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
308 | | set yet.
309 | |
310 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
311 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
312 | |
313 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
314 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
315 |
316 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
317 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
318 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
319 | |
320 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
321 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
322 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
323 | |
324 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
325 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
326 | | *synload-4*
327 | |
328 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
329 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
330 | |
331 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
332 |
333 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
334 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
335 |
336 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
337 already loaded buffer.
338
339
340Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
341
342 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
343 |
344 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
345 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
346 | option is set to the file type.
347 |
348 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
349 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
350 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
351 | |
352 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
353 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
354 | |
355 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
356 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
357 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
358 |
359 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
360 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
361 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
362 |
363 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
364 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
365 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
366 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
367 |
368 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
369 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
370 syntax.
371
372==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003734. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000374
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003752html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200376window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000377
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200378After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
379colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
380|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
381or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200382|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
383in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200384
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000385You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
386Source the script to convert the current file: >
387
388 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
389<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200390Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
391options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
392the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
393|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000394
395Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200396- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000397- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200398- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100399 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
400 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000401
402Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
403Unix shell: >
404 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
405<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200406 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
407To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
408command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
409and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
410
411 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
412 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
413 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
414<
415 *:TOhtml*
416:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
417 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200418 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
419 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
420 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
421 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200422
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
424 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
425 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
426 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
427 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
428 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
429 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
430 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200431
432 Examples: >
433
434 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
435 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
436 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
437<
438 *g:html_diff_one_file*
439Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200440When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
441page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4421, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200443Example: >
444
445 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
446<
447 *g:html_whole_filler*
448Default: 0.
449When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
450is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
451of inserted lines.
452When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
453not set.
454>
455 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
456<
457 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
458Default: 0.
459When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4602html.vim conversion process.
461When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
462but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
463files it can take a long time!
464Example: >
465
466 let g:html_no_progress = 1
467<
468You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
469run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
470moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
471
472 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
473<
474Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
475need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
476conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
477script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
478specifying each command separately.
479
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100480 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
481When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
482as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
483current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
484have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
485differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
486your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
487
488 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
489<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200490 *g:html_number_lines*
491Default: current 'number' setting.
492When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
493When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
494highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
495Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
496 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
497Force to omit the line numbers: >
498 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
499Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
500 :unlet g:html_number_lines
501<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200502 *g:html_line_ids*
503Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
504When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
505inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
506takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
507pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
508view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200509(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200510javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
511For example: >
512
513 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
514 page.html#123 does the same
515
516 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
517 diff.html#42 does the same
518<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200519 *g:html_use_css*
520Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100521When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
522browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200523When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
524recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
525forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
526Example: >
527 :let g:html_use_css = 0
528<
529 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
530Default: 0.
531When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
532from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
533value of 'conceallevel'.
534When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
535|conceal|ed.
536
537Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
538included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
539 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
540 :setl conceallevel=0
541<
542 *g:html_ignore_folding*
543Default: 0.
544When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
545Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
546the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
547When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
548text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
549
550Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
551in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
552 zR
553 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
554<
555 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
556Default: 0.
557When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
558When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
559in Vim.
560
561Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
562regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
563
564This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
565>
566 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
567<
568 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
569Default: 0.
570When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
571Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
572open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
573'foldcolumn' setting.
574When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
575folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
576>
577 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
578<
579 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
580Default: empty string.
581This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
582when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
583for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
584line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
585affected in this way as follows:
586 f: fold column
587 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
588 t: fold text
589 d: diff filler
590
591Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
592 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
593<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100594The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
595of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
596
597 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
598Default: "fallback"
599If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
600
601When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
602uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
603selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
604pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
605invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
606Note: this method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
607browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
608
609When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
610older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
611<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
612to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
613number of browsers, both old and new.
614
615When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
616generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
617Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
618the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
619standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200620
621 *g:html_no_invalid*
622Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100623When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
624not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
625element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
626in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
627paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
628invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
629<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
630remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200631
632 *g:html_hover_unfold*
633Default: 0.
634When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
635|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
636When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
637cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
638disabled javascript to view the folded text.
639
640Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
641feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
642normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
643they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
644>
645 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
646<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200647 *g:html_id_expr*
648Default: ""
649Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
650to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
651longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
652evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
653so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
654larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
655
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000656 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200657<
658To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
659
660 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
661<
662Note, when converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
663evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
664windows.
665
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200666 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
667Default: current 'wrap' setting.
668When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
669not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
670When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
671used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
672window.
673Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
674 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
675Explicitly disable wrapping: >
676 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
677Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
678 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
679<
680 *g:html_no_pre*
681Default: 0.
682When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
683tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
684characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
685When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
686used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
687references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
688text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
689old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
690the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
691>
692 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
693<
694 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100695Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
696 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
697 1 otherwise.
698When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200699number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100700When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200701are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
702allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
703the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
704indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
705
706Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
707 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
708<
709Force tabs to be expanded: >
710 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
711<
712 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
713It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
714|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
715
716If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
717for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
718'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
719set to match the chosen document encoding.
720
721Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
722|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
723wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
724encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
725below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
726
727Note, by default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
728the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
729
730 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
731 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
732
733 *g:html_use_encoding*
734Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
735To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
736name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
737something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
738webserver: >
739 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
740You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
741entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
742 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
743To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
744variable: >
745 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
746<
747 *g:html_encoding_override*
748Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
749 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
750This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
751specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
752list of conversions.
753
754This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
755pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
756
757Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
758 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
759<
760 *g:html_charset_override*
761Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
762 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
763 browser support.
764This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
765'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
766use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
767TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
768and UTF-32 instead, use: >
769 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
770
771Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
772compatibility problems with some major browsers.
773
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200774 *g:html_font*
775Default: "monospace"
776You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
777g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
778surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
779item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
780way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
781result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
782Examples: >
783
784 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
785 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
786
787 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
788 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
789<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200790 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
791Default: 0.
792When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
793When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
794>
795 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
796<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100797==============================================================================
7985. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
799
800 *b:current_syntax-variable*
801Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
802"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
803settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
804 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
805 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
806 :au BufReadPost * endif
807
808
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000809
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000810ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000811
812ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
813any value to the respective variable. Example: >
814 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
815To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
816 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
817
818Variable Highlight ~
819abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
820abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
821
822
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000823ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000824
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000825See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000826
827
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000828ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000829
830The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000831by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000833and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000834
835 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
836
837will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
838
839 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
840 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
841 ]]></script>
842
843See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
844
845
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000846APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100848The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
849version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000851
852 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000853ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
854 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
857doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
858startup vimrc: >
859 :let filetype_i = "asm"
860Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
861
862There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
863extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
864line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
865files are included:
866 asm GNU assembly (the default)
867 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
868 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
869 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
870 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
871 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
872 nasm Netwide assembly
873 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
874 MMX)
875 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
876
877The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100878 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000879Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100880one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200881immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
882equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
883between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
884particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
885highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000886
887The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
888b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000889 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000890
891If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
892the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
893language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000894 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000895
896As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
897
898
899Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
900
901To enable a feature: >
902 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
903To disable a feature: >
904 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
905
906Variable Highlight ~
907nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
908 (parser dependent; not recommended)
909nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
910nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
911
912
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000913ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000914
915*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
916hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
917using. For Perl script use: >
918 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
919 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
920For Visual Basic use: >
921 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
922 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
923
924
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000925BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000926
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200927The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000928for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
929are supported.
930
931Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
932in ones |.vimrc|: >
933 let baan_code_stds=1
934
935*baan-folding*
936
937Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
938mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
939source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
940
941To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
942 let baan_fold=1
943Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
944indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
945considered equal to a tab). >
946 let baan_fold_block=1
947Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000948SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000949match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
950 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000951Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000952the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
953.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
954 set foldminlines=5
955 set foldnestmax=6
956
957
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000958BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000959
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000960Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000961which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
962five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
963otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
964Basic.
965
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000966If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
967example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
968 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
969
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000970
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000971C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000972
973A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100974(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000975 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100976 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
977To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000978 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100979Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000980
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +0100981An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
982 :set filetype=cpp
983
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000984Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +0200985*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
986*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
987*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
988*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
989*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
990*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
991*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +0000992 except { and } in first column
Bram Moolenaar09521312016-08-12 22:54:35 +0200993 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
994 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100995*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
996 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +0200997*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
998*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
999*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1000*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
1001*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001002 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001003*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1004*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1005*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1006*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1007*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001008
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001009When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1010become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1011 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001012"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1013 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001014
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001015If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1016when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1017to a larger number: >
1018 :let c_minlines = 100
1019This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1020displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1021disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1022
1023When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1024works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1025you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1026
1027To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1028Example: >
1029 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1030 :function MyCadd()
1031 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1032 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1033 : hi link cMyItem Title
1034 :endfun
1035
1036ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1037"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1038not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1039highlighting: >
1040 :hi link cConstant NONE
1041
1042If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1043highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1044
1045If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001046in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001047~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001048 syn sync fromstart
1049 set foldmethod=syntax
1050
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001051CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001052
1053C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1054the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1055
1056By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1057of C or C++: >
1058 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1059
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001060
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001061CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001062
1063Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1064that are available. Additionally there is:
1065
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001066chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1067chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1068chill_minlines like c_minlines
1069
1070
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001071CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001072
1073ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1074If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1075 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1076This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1077"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1078file).
1079
1080You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1081 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1082Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1083 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1084This works immediately.
1085
1086
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001087CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1088
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001089 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1090
1091Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1092but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1093|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1094syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001095>
1096 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001097 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1098 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001099 \ }
1100<
1101Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1102
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001103There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1104this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1105dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001106
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001107By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1108"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1109namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001110
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001111
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001112 *g:clojure_fold*
1113
1114Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1115list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1116the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1117
1118
1119 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1120
1121Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1122reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001123>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001124 #_(defn foo [x]
1125 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001126<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001127Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1128(e.g. `#_#_`).
1129
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001130
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001131COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001132
1133COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1134development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1135versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1136add this line to your .vimrc: >
1137 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1138To disable it again, use this: >
1139 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1140
1141
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001142COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001143
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001144The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001145comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1146
1147 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1148
1149The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1150
1151
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001152CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1153
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001154Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001155
1156Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001157cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001158cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001159cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1160cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001161
1162
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001163CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001164
1165This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1166used.
1167
1168Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1169symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1170between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001171"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1172>
1173 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001174
1175For using tcsh: >
1176
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001177 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001178
1179Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1180tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001181will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001182"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1183variable.
1184
1185
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001186CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001187
1188Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001189hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001190or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001191normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001192line to your .vimrc file: >
1193
1194 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1195
1196Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1197
1198 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1199
1200To disable these again, use this: >
1201
1202 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1203 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1204<
1205
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001206CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001207
1208Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1209doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1210startup vimrc: >
1211 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1212
1213
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001214DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1215
1216Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1217used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1218a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1219from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1220
1221More information about the language and its development environment at the
1222official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1223
1224dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1225type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1226and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1227framework.
1228
1229Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1230
1231https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1232
1233
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001234DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001235
1236Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001237according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001238https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1239To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1240 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1241Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1242To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1243 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1244g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001245
1246
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001247DIFF *diff.vim*
1248
1249The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1250there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1251
1252 :let diff_translations = 0
1253
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001254Also see |diff-slow|.
1255
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001256
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001257DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001258
1259The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1260provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1261the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1262versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1263uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1264line to your startup file: >
1265 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1266
1267
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001268DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001269DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1270DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001271
1272There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1273are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1274automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1275defaults to XML.
1276You can set the type manually: >
1277 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1278or: >
1279 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1280You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1281Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1282 :set filetype=docbksgml
1283or: >
1284 :set filetype=docbkxml
1285
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001286You can specify the DocBook version: >
1287 :let docbk_ver = 3
1288When not set 4 is used.
1289
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001290
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001291DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001292
1293There is one option with highlighting DOS batch files. This covers new
1294extensions to the Command Interpreter introduced with Windows 2000 and
1295is controlled by the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For Windows NT
1296this should have the value 1, and for Windows 2000 it should be 2.
1297Select the version you want with the following line: >
1298
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001299 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001300
1301If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
1302Windows 2000.
1303
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001304A second option covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001305"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1306is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001307
1308 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1309
1310If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1311
1312
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001313DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1314
1315Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001316(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1317idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001318
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001319There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1320explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1321Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001322 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1323or >
1324 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1325
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001326It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1327the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1328adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001329 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1330
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001331There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting, and
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001332are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
1333
1334Variable Default Effect ~
1335g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1336g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1337 doxygen comments.
1338
1339doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1340 and html_my_rendering underline.
1341
1342doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1343 colour highlighting.
1344
1345doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001346 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001347
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001348There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001349configuration.
1350
1351Highlight Effect ~
1352doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1353 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1354doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1355 \endlink from a \link section.
1356
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001357
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001358DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001359
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001360The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001361case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1362
1363 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1364
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001365The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001366this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1367
1368 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1369
1370before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1371Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1372'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1373Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1374highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001375delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001376
1377 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1378
1379The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1380
1381
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001382EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001383
1384While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001385syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1386highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001387highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1388
1389 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1390
1391Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1392
1393Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1394
1395 :let eiffel_strict=1
1396 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1397
1398Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1399five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1400"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1401
1402Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1403guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1404lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1405
1406If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1407"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1408
1409 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1410
1411instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1412
1413Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1414experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1415
1416 :let eiffel_ise=1
1417
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001418Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001419
1420 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1421
1422to your startup file.
1423
1424
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001425EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1426
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001427Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001428version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001429Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1430
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001431Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1432for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001433(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1434
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001435The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1436
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001437 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1438 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1439
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001440To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001441auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1442add the following line to your startup file: >
1443
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001444 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001445
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001446< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001447
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001448 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1449
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001450Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001451specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1452file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1453filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1454Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001455
1456
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001457ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001458
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001459Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001460the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001461
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001462The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1463put the following line in your vimrc: >
1464
1465 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1466
1467To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1468
1469 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001470
1471
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001472ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1473
1474Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and maintainable
1475applications.
1476
1477The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1478
1479 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1480
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001481Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001482specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1483file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1484filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1485Elixir.
1486
1487
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001488FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1489
1490FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001491NOTE: this site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
1492development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001493
1494Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1495syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1496editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1497start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1498'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1499(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1500and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1501
1502If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1503move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1504 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1505
1506
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001507FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001508
1509The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1510modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001511following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001512J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1513
1514If you want include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
1515redefine the following syntax groups:
1516
1517 - formConditional
1518 - formNumber
1519 - formStatement
1520 - formHeaderStatement
1521 - formComment
1522 - formPreProc
1523 - formDirective
1524 - formType
1525 - formString
1526
1527Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1528directives per default in the same syntax group.
1529
1530A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001531header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001532this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1533
1534 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1535
1536The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001537gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001538conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1539
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001540Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1541should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1542the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1543
1544If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1545example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1546 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1547
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001548
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001549FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1550
1551Files matching "*.fs" could be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection
1552doesn't work for you, or you don't edit F# at all, use this in your
1553startup vimrc: >
1554 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1555
1556
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001557FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001558
1559Default highlighting and dialect ~
Bram Moolenaar6ee8d892012-01-10 14:55:01 +01001560Highlighting appropriate for Fortran 2008 is used by default. This choice
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001561should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 2008 is
1562almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2003, 95, 90, and 77).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001563
1564Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001565Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001566syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1567
1568When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001569form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001570 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001571in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed source
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001572form, then >
1573 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1574in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1575
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001576If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1577extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1578file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1579will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1580on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001581
1582When you edit an existing fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
1583source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001584fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001585neither of these variables have been set, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001586determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1587using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1588compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
1589free-source). If none of this works, then the script examines the first five
1590columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If no signs of free source form
1591are detected, then the file is assumed to be in fixed source form. The
1592algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases. In some cases, such as a
1593file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments, the script may
1594incorrectly decide that the fortran code is in fixed form. If that happens,
1595just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five columns
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01001596of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w) and then reload (:e!) the file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001597
1598Tabs in fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001599Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001600fixed format fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001601Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
1602using tabs. If your fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001603variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1604 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001605placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001606mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1607
1608Syntax folding of fortran files ~
1609If you wish to use foldmethod=syntax, then you must first set the variable
1610fortran_fold with a command such as >
1611 :let fortran_fold=1
1612to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1613is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001614subprograms, block data subprograms, interface blocks, and modules. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001615also set the variable fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
1616 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
1617then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, and select
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001618case constructs. If you also set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001619fortran_fold_multilinecomments with a command such as >
1620 :let fortran_fold_multilinecomments=1
1621then fold regions will also be defined for three or more consecutive comment
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001622lines. Note that defining fold regions can be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001623
1624If fortran_fold, and possibly fortran_fold_conditionals and/or
1625fortran_fold_multilinecomments, have been set, then vim will fold your file if
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001626you set foldmethod=syntax. Comments or blank lines placed between two program
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001627units are not folded because they are seen as not belonging to any program
1628unit.
1629
1630More precise fortran syntax ~
1631If you set the variable fortran_more_precise with a command such as >
1632 :let fortran_more_precise=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001633then the syntax coloring will be more precise but slower. In particular,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001634statement labels used in do, goto and arithmetic if statements will be
1635recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
1636construct.
1637
1638Non-default fortran dialects ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001639The syntax script supports two Fortran dialects: f08 and F. You will probably
1640find the default highlighting (f08) satisfactory. A few legacy constructs
1641deleted or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard are highlighted as todo
1642items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001643
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001644If you use F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is that
1645other legacy features excluded from F will be highlighted as todo items and
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001646that free source form will be assumed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001647
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001648The dialect can be selected in various ways. If all your fortran files use
1649the same dialect, set the global variable fortran_dialect in your .vimrc prior
1650to your syntax on statement. The case-sensitive, permissible values of
1651fortran_dialect are "f08" or "F". Invalid values of fortran_dialect are
1652ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001653
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001654If the dialect depends upon the file extension, then it is most convenient to
1655set a buffer-local variable in a ftplugin file. For more information on
1656ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your fortran files with
1657an .f90 extension are written in the F subset, your ftplugin file should
1658contain the code >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001659 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
1660 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001661 let b:fortran_dialect="F"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001662 else
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001663 unlet! b:fortran_dialect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001664 endif
1665Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
1666precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
1667
1668Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001669the dialect. You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis,
1670by including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=F or
1671f08) in one of the first three lines in your file. For example, your older .f
1672files may be legacy code but your newer ones may be F codes, and you would
1673identify the latter by including in the first three lines of those files a
1674Fortran comment of the form >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001675 ! fortran_dialect=F
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001676
1677For previous versions of the syntax, you may have set fortran_dialect to the
1678now-obsolete values "f77", "f90", "f95", or "elf". Such settings will be
1679silently handled as "f08". Users of "elf" may wish to experiment with "F"
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001680instead.
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001681
1682The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1683comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1684non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1685or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001686items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001687
1688Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001689Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1690strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001691because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1692
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001693For further information related to fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
1694|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001695
1696
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001697FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001698
1699In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1700the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1701appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1702patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1703number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1704
1705For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1706as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1707
1708 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1709 \ set filetype=fvwm
1710
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001711GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001712
1713The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1714the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1715is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1716are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1717
1718 htmlString
1719 htmlValue
1720 htmlEndTag
1721 htmlTag
1722 htmlTagN
1723
1724Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1725java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1726group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1727correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1728to the contains clause.
1729
1730The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1731group to make them easier to see.
1732
1733
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001734GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001735
1736The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001737under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001738of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1739filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1740(see |filetype.txt|).
1741
1742
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001743HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001744
1745The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001746Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001747syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1748
1749If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1750light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1751 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1752To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1753add: >
1754 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1755To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1756 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1757And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1758 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1759If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1760your .vimrc: >
1761 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1762
1763The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1764directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001765directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1766operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001767as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1768 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1769
1770The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1771automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1772TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001773or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001774in your .vimrc >
1775 :let lhs_markup = none
1776for no highlighting at all, or >
1777 :let lhs_markup = tex
1778to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1779For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1780this variable, so e.g. >
1781 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001782will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001783set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1784loading a file.
1785
1786
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001787HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001788
1789The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1790
1791The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1792This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001793closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1794are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001795
1796Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1797names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1798makes it easy to spot errors
1799
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001800Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001801names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1802
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001803Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001804are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1805text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1806while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001807only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001808<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001809
1810If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1811following syntax groups:
1812
1813 - htmlBold
1814 - htmlBoldUnderline
1815 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1816 - htmlUnderline
1817 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1818 - htmlItalic
1819 - htmlTitle for titles
1820 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1821
1822To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1823of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1824following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1825are read during initialization) >
1826 :let html_my_rendering=1
1827
1828If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1829http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1830
1831You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1832vimrc file: >
1833 :let html_no_rendering=1
1834
1835HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1836details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1837However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001838ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001839 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1840
1841JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1842'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001843programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are currently
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001844supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
1845
1846Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1847
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001848There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1849written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001850following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1851(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001852>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001853 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1854 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1855
1856Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1857the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1858
1859
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001860HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001861
1862The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1863
1864Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1865doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1866this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1867different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1868 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1869
1870Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1871
1872Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1873signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1874a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1875 :set syntax=htmlos
1876
1877Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1878block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1879
1880
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001881IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001882
1883Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1884how to recognize this filetype.
1885
1886To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1887 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1888
1889
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001890INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001891
1892Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1893most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1894to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1895 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1896
1897By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1898and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1899you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1900need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1901 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1902
1903This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1904set of highlighted system functions.
1905
1906The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1907it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1908by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1909startup sequence: >
1910 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1911
1912By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1913version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1914Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1915startup sequence: >
1916 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1917
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001918IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1919
1920IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1921Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1922
1923IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1924rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001925repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001926
1927There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1928are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1929
1930The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1931
1932Variable Effect ~
1933
1934idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1935 extensions
1936idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1937idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1938 quite helpful)
1939idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1940
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001941
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001942JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001943
1944The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1945
1946In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1947flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001948classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001949way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
1950 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1951
1952All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1953highlight them use: >
1954 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1955
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001956You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001957download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
1958If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
1959use the following: >
1960 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
1961Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
1962
1963Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001964how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001965functions:
1966
1967If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
1968a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
1969 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
1970However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
1971supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
1972 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
1973If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
1974declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
1975definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
1976original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
1977
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001978In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00001979only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001980statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001981your startup file: >
1982 :let java_highlight_debug=1
1983The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001984characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001985new highlightings for the following groups.:
1986 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
1987which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001988strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02001989have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001990
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001991Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
1992creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
1993similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
1994and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001995 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
1996 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
1997 the color change the group CommentTitle).
1998 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
1999 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002000 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002001 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2002To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2003 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2004
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002005If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2006can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2007scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2008actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2009CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002010 :let java_javascript=1
2011 :let java_css=1
2012 :let java_vb=1
2013
2014In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2015for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2016 :hi link javaParen Comment
2017or >
2018 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2019
2020If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2021when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2022to a larger number: >
2023 :let java_minlines = 50
2024This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2025displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2026number is that redrawing can become slow.
2027
2028
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002029JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2030
2031The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2032default. To disable concealment: >
2033 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2034
2035To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2036 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2037
2038
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002039LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002040
2041Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2042style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2043define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2044 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2045
2046
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002047LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002048
2049Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2050gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2051 :syn sync minlines=300
2052may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2053difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2054
2055
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002056LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2057
2058To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2059
2060 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2061<
2062
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002063LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2064
2065The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2066
2067 g:lisp_instring : if it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
2068 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2069 Useful for AutoLisp.
2070 g:lisp_rainbow : if it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
2071 of parenthesization will receive different
2072 highlighting.
2073<
2074The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2075the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2076colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2077specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002078usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002079highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2080
2081
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002082LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002083
2084There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2085
2086If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2087
2088 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2089
2090For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2091set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2092
2093 :let lite_minlines = 200
2094
2095
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002096LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002097
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002098LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002099file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2100users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2101should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2102
2103 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2104
2105If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
2106modeline. For a LPC file:
2107
2108 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2109
2110For a C file that is recognized as LPC:
2111
2112 // vim:set ft=c:
2113
2114If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2115
2116There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002117used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002118and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002119assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002120you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2121
2122 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2123
2124For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2125
2126 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2127
2128For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2129
2130 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2131
2132For uLPC series of LPC:
2133uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2134instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2135
2136
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002137LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002138
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002139The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002140the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2141lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +010021425.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this:
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002143
2144 :let lua_version = 5
2145 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002146
2147
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002148MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002149
2150Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002151quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002152signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2153whitespaces and end with a newline.
2154
2155Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002156as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002157only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2158
2159By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002160displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002161with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2162
2163 :let mail_minlines = 30
2164
2165
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002166MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002167
2168In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2169errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2170feature off by using: >
2171
2172 :let make_no_commands = 1
2173
2174
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002175MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002176
2177Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2178supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2179The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2180highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2181
2182 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2183
2184to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2185choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
21861, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2187$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2188
2189 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2190 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2191 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2192 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2193 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2194 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2195 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2196 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2197 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2198
2199
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002200MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002201
2202Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2203have the following in your .vimrc: >
2204
2205 let filetype_m = "mma"
2206
2207
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002208MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002209
2210If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2211highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2212comments: >
2213
2214 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2215
2216To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2217
2218 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2219
2220To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2221'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2222
2223 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2224
2225Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2226
2227 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2228
2229To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2230
2231 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2232
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002233Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002234use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2235To enable this option: >
2236
2237 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2238
2239An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2240
2241 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2242
2243
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002244MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002245
2246There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2247
2248If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2249
2250 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2251
2252For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2253set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2254
2255 :let msql_minlines = 200
2256
2257
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002258N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2259
2260N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2261Couchbase Server databases.
2262
2263Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2264and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2265many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2266
2267
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002268NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002269
2270There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2271
2272If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2273errors, use this: >
2274
2275 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2276
2277If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2278
2279
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002280NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002281
2282The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2283activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2284can use them.
2285
2286For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002287processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002288features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2289|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002290
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002291 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002292
2293Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2294Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2295there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002296you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002297can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2298native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2299\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2300accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2301environments.
2302
2303In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2304follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2305
23061. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2307
23082. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2309 exclamation mark, etc.
2310
23113. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2312 carriage return.
2313
2314The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2315algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2316
2317Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2318furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2319vertical space input will be output as is.
2320
2321Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2322than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2323practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002324marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002325need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002326spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2327
2328 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2329
2330Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2331with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2332highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002333"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002334
2335 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2336 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2337 \ gui=reverse,bold
2338
2339If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2340with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2341file: >
2342
2343 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2344
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002345As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002346paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2347
2348Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2349groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2350
2351
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002352OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002353
2354The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2355.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2356
2357 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2358
2359you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2360by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2361
2362 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2363
2364prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2365contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2366
2367
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002368PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002369
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002370The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002372as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2373sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374you set the variable: >
2375
2376 :let papp_include_html=1
2377
2378in your startup file it will try to syntax-hilight html code inside phtml
2379sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002380edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002381
2382The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2383http://papp.plan9.de.
2384
2385
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002386PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002387
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002388Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2389could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2390or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002391
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002392 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2393 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002394
2395The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2396provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002397Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002398enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2399following line to your startup file: >
2400
2401 :let pascal_traditional=1
2402
2403To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2404keywords, etc): >
2405
2406 :let pascal_delphi=1
2407
2408
2409The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2410*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2411operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2412
2413 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2414
2415Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2416
2417 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2418
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002419Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002420pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2421match Turbo Pascal. >
2422
2423 :let pascal_gpc=1
2424
2425or >
2426
2427 :let pascal_fpc=1
2428
2429To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2430pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2431
2432 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2433
2434If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2435will be highlighted as Error. >
2436
2437 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2438
2439
2440
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002441PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002442
2443There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2444
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002445Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2446to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2447files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002448
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002449 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002450
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002451To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002452off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002453
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002454To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2455from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002456
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002457 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002458
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002459(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2460enabled it.)
2461
2462If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2463
2464 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2465
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002466(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002467
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002468The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will be
2469highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002470perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2471
2472 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2473 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2474 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2475
2476(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2477
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002478The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002479synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2480If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002481then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can figure
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002482out the line that causes the mistake.
2483
2484One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2485
2486 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2487 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2488
2489Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2490its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2491
2492 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2493
2494If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2495
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002496 :let perl_fold = 1
2497
2498If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2499
2500 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002501
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002502Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2503this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002504
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002505 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002506
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002507Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2508via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002509
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002510 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2511
2512Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2513behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2514
2515 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002516
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002517PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002518
2519[note: previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
2520it has been renamed to "php"]
2521
2522There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2523
2524If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2525
2526 let php_sql_query = 1
2527
2528For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2529
2530 let php_baselib = 1
2531
2532Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2533
2534 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2535
2536Using the old colorstyle: >
2537
2538 let php_oldStyle = 1
2539
2540Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2541
2542 let php_asp_tags = 1
2543
2544Disable short tags: >
2545
2546 let php_noShortTags = 1
2547
2548For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2549
2550 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2551
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002552For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002553one: >
2554
2555 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2556
2557Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2558
2559 let php_folding = 1
2560
2561Selecting syncing method: >
2562
2563 let php_sync_method = x
2564
2565x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2566x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2567x = 0 to sync from start.
2568
2569
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002570PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2571
2572TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2573variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002574see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002575
2576This syntax file has the option >
2577
2578 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2579
2580if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2581
2582
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002583PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002584
2585PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2586
2587This syntax file has the options:
2588
2589- ppwiz_highlight_defs : determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002590 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002591
2592 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002593 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002594
2595 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : preprocessor #define and #evaluate
2596 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
2597 continuation symbols
2598
2599 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2600
2601- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2602 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2603
2604
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002605PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002606
2607There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2608
2609If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2610
2611 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2612
2613For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2614set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2615
2616 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2617
2618
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002619POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002620
2621There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2622
2623First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2624currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2625and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2626Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2627extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2628level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2629highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2630
2631 :let postscr_level=2
2632
2633If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2634the most prevalent version currently.
2635
2636Note, not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
2637particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2638PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2639
2640If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2641Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2642follows: >
2643
2644 :let postscr_display=1
2645
2646If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2647Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2648postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2649
2650 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2651
2652PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2653useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2654cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2655character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2656explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2657highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2658
2659 :let postscr_fonts=1
2660 :let postscr_encodings=1
2661
2662There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2663PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2664operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2665if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2666operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2667or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2668highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2669postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2670
2671 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2672<
2673
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002674 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2675PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002676
2677This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2678
2679In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2680the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2681appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2682patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2683"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2684
2685For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2686files, add the following: >
2687
2688 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2689 \ set filetype=ptcap
2690
2691If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2692are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2693internal variable to a larger number: >
2694
2695 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2696
2697(The default is 20 lines.)
2698
2699
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002700PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002701
2702Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2703doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2704startup vimrc: >
2705 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2706The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2707Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2708 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2709 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2710
2711
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002712PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002713
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002714There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002715
2716For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002717 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002718
2719For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002720 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002721
2722For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002723 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2724
2725For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2726 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2727or >
2728 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
2729(first option implies second one).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002730
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002731For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002732 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002733
2734If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002735preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002736 :let python_highlight_all = 1
2737
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002738Note: only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002739 1 above with anything.
2740
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002741QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002742
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002743The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2744based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2745between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2746definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2747to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2748be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002749
2750set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2751 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2752
2753set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2754 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2755
2756set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2757 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2758
2759Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2760commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2761
2762
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002763R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2764
2765The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2766can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2767 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2768
2769You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2770 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2771
2772enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2773braces: >
2774 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2775
2776and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2777 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2778
2779
2780R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2781
2782To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2783 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2784
2785To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2786 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2787
2788To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2789 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2790
2791By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
2792language. If you want proper syntax highlighting of chunks of other languages,
2793you should add them to either `markdown_fenced_languages` or
2794`rmd_fenced_languages`. For example to properly highlight both R and Python,
2795you may add this to your |vimrc|: >
2796 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2797
2798
2799R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2800
2801To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2802 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2803
2804
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002805READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002806
2807The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002808few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002809items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2810command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2811 let readline_has_bash = 1
2812
2813This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2814later, and part earlier) adds.
2815
2816
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002817REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2818
2819Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2820language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2821the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2822
2823
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002824RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2825
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002826Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2827select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2828syntax list.
2829
2830To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002831 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002832
2833To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2834`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2835 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002836 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2837 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002838 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002839 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002840
2841To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2842 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2843
2844To enable folding of sections: >
2845 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2846
2847Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2848
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002849
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002850REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002851
2852If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2853when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2854to a larger number: >
2855 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2856This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2857displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2858number is that redrawing can become slow.
2859
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002860Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2861comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2862your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2863>
2864 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2865
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002867RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002868
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002869 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2870 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2871 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2872 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2873 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2874
2875 *ruby_operators*
2876 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2877
2878Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2879
2880 :let ruby_operators = 1
2881<
2882 *ruby_space_errors*
2883 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2884
2885Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2886
2887 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
2888<
2889This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
2890as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
2891"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
2892spaces respectively.
2893
2894 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
2895 Ruby: Folding ~
2896
2897Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
2898
2899 :let ruby_fold = 1
2900<
2901This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
2902buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
2903filetypes.
2904
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002905Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
2906"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
2907
2908You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
2909
2910 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
2911<
2912The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
2913
2914 keyword meaning ~
2915 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
2916 ALL Most block syntax (default)
2917 NONE Nothing
2918 if "if" or "unless" block
2919 def "def" block
2920 class "class" block
2921 module "module" block
2922 do "do" block
2923 begin "begin" block
2924 case "case" block
2925 for "for", "while", "until" loops
2926 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
2927 [ Array literal
2928 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
2929 / Regexp
2930 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
2931 : Symbol
2932 # Multiline comment
2933 << Here documents
2934 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
2935
2936 *ruby_no_expensive*
2937 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002938
2939By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002940of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002941experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
2942you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002943
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002944 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002945<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002946In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
2947
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002948 *ruby_minlines*
2949
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002950If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
2951scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
2952the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002953
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002954 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002955<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002956Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
2957largest class or module.
2958
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002959 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
2960 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002961
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002962Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
2963"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002964
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002965 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002966<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00002967
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002968SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002969
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01002970By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002971
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01002972scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
2973Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002974
2975
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002976SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002977
2978The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
2979of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
2980
2981The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
2982case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002983used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002984highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
2985 :let sdl_2000=1
2986
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002987This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002988keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
2989 :let SDL_no_96=1
2990
2991
2992The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
2993satisfied with it for my own projects.
2994
2995
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002996SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002997
2998To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
2999highlighting on the tabs), define "highlight_sedtabs" by putting >
3000
3001 :let highlight_sedtabs = 1
3002
3003in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3004inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3005by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3006also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3007you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3008
3009Bugs:
3010
3011 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3012 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3013 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3014 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3015 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3016 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3017
3018
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003019SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003020
3021The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3022
3023The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3024This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3025closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3026defined for you)
3027
3028Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3029names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3030
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003031Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003032names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3033
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003034Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003035are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3036text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3037<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3038
3039If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3040following syntax groups:
3041
3042 - sgmlBold
3043 - sgmlBoldItalic
3044 - sgmlUnderline
3045 - sgmlItalic
3046 - sgmlLink for links
3047
3048To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3049following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3050are read during initialization) >
3051 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3052
3053You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3054vimrc file: >
3055 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3056
3057(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3058
3059
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003060 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003061SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003062
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003063This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3064shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003065
3066Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003067various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003068
3069 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3070 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3071<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003072See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3073cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3074/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3075that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3076shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3077symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003078
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003079One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003080variables in your <.vimrc>:
3081
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003082 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003083 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003084< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003085 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003086< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003087 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003088< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003089 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003090
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003091< (dash users should use posix)
3092
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003093If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3094default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003095the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3096statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003097sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003098
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003099The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3100
3101 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3102 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3103 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3104 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003105>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003106then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003107syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3108to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003109
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003110 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3111
3112If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3113when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003114to a larger number. Example: >
3115
3116 let sh_minlines = 500
3117
3118This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3119displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3120number is that redrawing can become slow.
3121
3122If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3123reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3124
3125 let sh_maxlines = 100
3126<
3127The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3128speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3129
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003130syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
3131extra ']'s, 'done's, 'fi's, etc. If you find the error handling problematic
3132for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3133the following line in your .vimrc: >
3134
3135 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3136<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003137
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003138 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3139 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003140
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003141You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3142Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3143file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3144
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003145 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003146 " ==============
3147 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3148 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3149 unlet b:current_syntax
3150 endif
3151 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3152 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3153 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3154 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3155 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3156<
3157This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3158 awk '...awk code here...'
3159be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3160extended to other languages.
3161
3162
3163SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3164(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003165
3166The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3167
3168- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3169 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3170 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3171
3172- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3173 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003174 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003175 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3176 them in the syntax file.
3177
3178- oneline_comments : this value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
3179 highlighting of # style comments.
3180
3181 oneline_comments = 1 : allow normal Speedup code after an even
3182 number of #s.
3183
3184 oneline_comments = 2 : show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003185 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003186
3187 oneline_comments = 3 : show the whole line as error if it contains
3188 more than one #.
3189
3190Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003191PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003192fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3193the syntax file.
3194
3195
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003196SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3197 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003198 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003199
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003200While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3201custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3202SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003203
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003204Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3205scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3206supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3207buffer by buffer basis.
3208
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003209For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003210
3211
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003212SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3213
3214Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3215designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3216bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3217with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3218
3219
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003220TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003221
3222This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3223for how the filetype is detected.
3224
3225Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003226is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist add
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003227this line to your .vimrc: >
3228
3229 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3230
3231If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3232when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3233to a larger number: >
3234
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003235 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003236
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003237This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3238displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3239synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3240tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3241redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003242
3243
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003244TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003245 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003246
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003247 Tex Contents~
3248 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3249 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3250 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3251 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3252 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3253 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3254 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3255 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3256 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3257 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3258 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3259 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3260 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003261 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003262 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003263
3264 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003265 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003266
3267As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3268sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3269 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3270in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3271modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3272 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003273If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003274 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003275<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003276 *g:tex_nospell*
3277 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3278
3279If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3280 let g:tex_nospell=1
3281into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3282comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3283
3284 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003285 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003286
3287Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3288prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3289this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3290 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003291If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3292see |g:tex_nospell|.
3293
3294 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003295 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003296
3297Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3298one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3299want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3300 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003301<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003302 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003303 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003304
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003305The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3306highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3307texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3308terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3309as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003310special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3311 %stopzone
3312which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3313texMathZone.
3314
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003315 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003316 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003317
3318If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3319 :syn sync maxlines=200
3320 :syn sync minlines=50
3321(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003322increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003323if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3324
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003325Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3326|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3327
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003328 *g:tex_fast*
3329
3330Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3331
3332 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3333
3334in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3335highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3336synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3337price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3338folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3339
3340You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3341selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3342
3343 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3344 c : allow texComment syntax
3345 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3346 M : allow texMath syntax
3347 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3348 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3349 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3350 S : allow texStyle syntax
3351 v : allow verbatim syntax
3352 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3353<
3354As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3355but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003356(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003357
3358 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003359 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003360
3361LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3362of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3363package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3364it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3365techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003366by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3367which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3368http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003369
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003370I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3371
3372 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3373<
3374The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3375
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003376 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003377 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003378
3379The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3380although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3381errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3382you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003383 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003384and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003385
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003386 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003387 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003388
3389If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3390code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003391 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3392You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3393(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3394As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3395 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3396You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3397and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3398The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3399has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003400
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003401 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003402 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003403
3404One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3405commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3406following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3407such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3408
3409 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3410 :set ft=tex
3411
3412Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3413always accept such use of @.
3414
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003415 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003416 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003417
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003418If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3419number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3420including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3421superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3422superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3423In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3424
3425One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3426with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003427
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003428 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003429 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3430
3431You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003432<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3433for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003434
3435 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003436 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003437 d = delimiters
3438 m = math symbols
3439 g = Greek
3440 s = superscripts/subscripts
3441<
3442By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3443substitution will not be made.
3444
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003445 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3446 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3447
3448Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3449keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3450syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3451
3452 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3453 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3454 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003455 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003456 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3457 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3458 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003459 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003460
3461 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3462 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3463
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003464 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3465 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3466
3467 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3468
3469 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3470 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3471
3472 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3473 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3474 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3475 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3476
3477 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3478 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3479<
3480 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3481 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3482 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3483< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3484 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3485
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003486 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3487 Tex: Match Check Control~
3488
3489 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003490 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3491 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003492 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3493 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3494 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3495< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3496 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3497 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3498< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3499 regions, >
3500 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3501< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003502
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003503TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003504
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003505There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3506
3507For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3508set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3509
3510 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3511<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003512VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3513 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003514There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003515updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3516g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3517improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003518
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003519 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3520 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3521<
3522 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3523 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003524
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003525 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3526The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3527embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003528
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003529 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3530 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003531 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3532 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3533 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3534 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3535 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003536<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003537By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3538itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3539of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3540and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003541 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003542
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003543Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003544
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003545 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3546 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3547 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003548 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003549 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3550 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3551 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3552 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3553 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003554<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003555 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003556Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3557is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003558highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003559
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003560 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3561<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003562
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003563
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003564XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003565
3566The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3567variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3568You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3569xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3570your .vimrc. Example: >
3571 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3572When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3573
3574Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3575"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3576highlighted.
3577
3578
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003579XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003580
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003581Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003582setting a global variable: >
3583
3584 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3585<
3586 *xml-folding*
3587The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003588start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003589
3590 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3591 :set foldmethod=syntax
3592
3593Note: syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
3594especially for large files.
3595
3596
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003597X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003598
3599xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3600XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3601you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3602
3603To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3604somewhere else with "P".
3605
3606Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3607 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003608 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003609 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003610 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3611 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003612 :endfunction
3613 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3614 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3615This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3616It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3617must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3618
3619It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3620 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3621
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003622
3623YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3624
3625 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003626A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3627non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3628plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3629and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3630integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003631will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3632
3633Schema Description ~
3634failsafe No additional highlighting.
3635json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3636core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003637pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3638 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3639 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003640 schema.
3641
3642Default schema is `core`.
3643
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003644Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3645only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003646difference defined in the syntax file.
3647
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003648
3649ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3650
3651The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3652
3653 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3654
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003655==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010036566. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003657
3658Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3659
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036601. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003661 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the 'iskeyword'
3662 option. It cannot contain other syntax items. It will only match with a
3663 complete word (there are no keyword characters before or after the match).
3664 The keyword "if" would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because
3665 "(" is not a keyword character and "d" is.
3666
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036672. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003668 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3669
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036703. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003671 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3672 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3673 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3674
3675Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3676you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3677to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3678and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3679"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3680one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3681This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3682each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3683for a lot of groups.
3684
3685Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3686group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3687for the syntax group with the same name.
3688
3689In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3690defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3691using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3692match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3693keyword with ignoring case.
3694
3695
3696PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3697
3698When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3699
37001. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3701 defined last has priority.
37022. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
37033. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3704 start in later positions.
3705
3706
3707DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3708
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003709:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003710 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3711 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3712 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3713 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3714
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003715:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003716 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003717
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003718
3719DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3720
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003721:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3722:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003723 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3724 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3725
3726 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3727 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3728
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003729 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003730 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3731 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3732 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3733
3734:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003735 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3736 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003737
3738 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3739
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003740SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3741
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003742:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3743:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3744:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003745 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3746 in a syntax item:
3747
3748 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3749 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3750 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3751
3752 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3753 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3754 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3755
3756 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3757
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003758:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003759 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
3760 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003761
3762
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003763SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3764
3765:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3766 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3767 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3768
3769 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3770 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003771 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003772
3773 Example: >
3774 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3775<
3776 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3777 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3778 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3779
3780 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3781
3782 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003783 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003784 match.
3785
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003786 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3787 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003788 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003789
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003790DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3791
3792:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3793
3794 This defines a number of keywords.
3795
3796 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3797 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3798 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3799
3800 Example: >
3801 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3802<
3803 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3804 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3805 These examples do exactly the same: >
3806 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3807 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3808 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003809< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003810 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3811 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3812 variations at once: >
3813 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3814<
3815 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3816 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3817 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3818 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3819 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003820 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003821
3822 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3823 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3824 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3825
3826 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3827 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3828 instead.
3829
3830 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3831
3832 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3833 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3834 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003835 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003836 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3837 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3838< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3839 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3840 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3841
3842
3843DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3844
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003845:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3846 [excludenl]
3847 [keepend]
3848 {pattern}
3849 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003850
3851 This defines one match.
3852
3853 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3854 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3855 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3856 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3857 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003858 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3859 match with the end pattern. See
3860 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003861 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3862 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3863 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3864 line, which makes the match depend on where
3865 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3866 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3867
3868 Example (match a character constant): >
3869 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3870<
3871
3872DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
3873 *E398* *E399*
3874:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
3875 [matchgroup={group-name}]
3876 [keepend]
3877 [extend]
3878 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003879 start={start-pattern} ..
3880 [skip={skip-pattern}]
3881 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003882 [{options}]
3883
3884 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
3885
3886 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3887 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3888 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
3889 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
3890 for the text in between the matched start and
3891 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
3892 a different group for the start or end match.
3893 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
3894 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3895 match with the end pattern. See
3896 |:syn-keepend|.
3897 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003898 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003899 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3900 extend a containing match or item. Only
3901 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
3902 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003903 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003904 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003905 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003906 the region where not to look for the end
3907 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003908 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003909 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3910
3911 Example: >
3912 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3913<
3914 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
3915 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
3916 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
3917 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
3918 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
3919 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
3920
3921 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
3922 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
3923 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
3924 the end patterns.
3925
3926 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
3927 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
3928 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
3929
3930 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
3931 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
3932 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
3933 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
3934
3935 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
3936 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
3937 work: >
3938 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
3939 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
3940< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
3941 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
3942 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
3943 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
3944 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
3945< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
3946 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
3947
3948 *:syn-keepend*
3949 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
3950 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
3951 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
3952 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
3953 { starts outer "{}" region
3954 { starts contained "{}" region
3955 } ends contained "{}" region
3956 } ends outer "{} region
3957 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
3958 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
3959 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
3960 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
3961 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
3962 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
3963 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
3964< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
3965 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
3966
3967 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
3968 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
3969 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
3970 contained matches.
3971 *:syn-extend*
3972 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
3973 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
3974 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
3975 extended.
3976 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
3977 others don't. Example: >
3978
3979 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
3980 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
3981 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
3982
3983< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
3984 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
3985 item does extend the htmlRef item.
3986
3987 Another example: >
3988 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
3989< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
3990 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
3991 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
3992 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
3993 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
3994
3995 *:syn-excludenl*
3996 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
3997 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
3998 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
3999 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4000 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4001 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4002 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4003 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4004 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4005 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4006 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4007 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4008 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4009
4010 *:syn-matchgroup*
4011 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4012 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4013 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4014< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4015 between with the "String" group.
4016 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4017 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4018 using a matchgroup.
4019
4020 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4021 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4022 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4023 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4024 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4025
4026 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4027 different colors: >
4028 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4029 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4030 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4031 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4032 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4033 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004034<
4035 *E849*
4036The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004037
4038==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010040397. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004040
4041The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4042The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4043and may be mixed with patterns.
4044
4045Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4046can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004047 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004048 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4049:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4050:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4051:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004052
4053These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004054 conceal
4055 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004056 contained
4057 containedin
4058 nextgroup
4059 transparent
4060 skipwhite
4061 skipnl
4062 skipempty
4063
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004064conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4065
4066When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004067Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004068'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4069concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4070edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004071Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004072
4073concealends *:syn-concealends*
4074
4075When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4076the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4077Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4078'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4079in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4080
4081cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004082 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004083The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4084when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4085argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004086character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4087a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004088 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004089See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004090
4091contained *:syn-contained*
4092
4093When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4094the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4095another match. Example: >
4096 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4097 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4098
4099
4100display *:syn-display*
4101
4102If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4103detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4104by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4105to be displayed.
4106
4107Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4108conditions:
4109- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4110 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4111 line.
4112- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4113 make it continue on the next line.
4114- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4115 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4116 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4117- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4118 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4119 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4120 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4121
4122Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4123- match with a number
4124- match with a label
4125
4126
4127transparent *:syn-transparent*
4128
4129If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4130itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4131is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4132only to skip over a part of the text.
4133
4134The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4135unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4136avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4137highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4138 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4139 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4140 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4141 :hi link myString String
4142 :hi link myWord Comment
4143Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4144match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4145argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4146it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4147out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004148"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004149happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4150position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4151
4152When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4153items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4154see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4155through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4156
4157 look from here
4158
4159 | | | | | |
4160 V V V V V V
4161
4162 xxxx yyy more contained items
4163 .................... contained item (transparent)
4164 ============================= first item
4165
4166The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4167transparent group.
4168
4169What you see is:
4170
4171 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4172
4173Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4174
4175
4176oneline *:syn-oneline*
4177
4178The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4179boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4180region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4181the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4182continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4183line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4184
4185When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4186pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4187end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4188means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4189be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4190line break.
4191
4192
4193fold *:syn-fold*
4194
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004195The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004196Example: >
4197 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4198 :syn sync fromstart
4199 :set foldmethod=syntax
4200This will make each {} block form one fold.
4201
4202The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4203ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4204The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004205See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4206from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004207{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4208
4209
4210 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004211contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004212
4213The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4214groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4215containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4216regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4217this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4218here.
4219
4220contains=ALL
4221 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4222 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4223
4224contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4225 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4226 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4227 are listed. Example: >
4228 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4229
4230contains=TOP
4231 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4232 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4233 argument.
4234contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4235 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4236
4237contains=CONTAINED
4238 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4239 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4240 argument.
4241contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4242 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4243 listed.
4244
4245
4246The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4247that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4248The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4249 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4250The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4251that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4252command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4253syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4254the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4255group names.
4256
4257The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4258region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4259|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4260region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4261area that is highlighted
4262
4263
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004264containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004265
4266The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4267item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4268containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4269
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004270The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004271
4272This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4273be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4274of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4275the C syntax: >
4276 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4277Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4278level.
4279
4280Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4281appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4282keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4283work.
4284
4285
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004286nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004287
4288The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4289separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4290
4291If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4292tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4293a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4294will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4295current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4296other groups. Example: >
4297 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4298 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4299 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4300
4301This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4302"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4303highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4304
4305 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4306 fff bbb fff bbb
4307
4308Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4309when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4310highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4311would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4312
4313
4314skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4315skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4316skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4317
4318These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4319used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004320 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004321 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4322 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4323
4324When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4325next group that matches the white space.
4326
4327When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4328line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4329line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4330the current item in the same line.
4331
4332When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4333groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4334for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4335space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4336
4337Example: >
4338 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4339 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4340 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4341Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4342match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4343precedence.
4344Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4345"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4346example).
4347
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004348IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4349
4350:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4351 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4352 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4353 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4354 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4355 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4356 given explicitly.
4357
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004358:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004359 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004360
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004361==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010043628. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004363
4364In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4365characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4366use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4367use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4368 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4369 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4370
4371See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004372always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004373value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4374not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4375independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4376
4377Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4378This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4379
4380 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4381The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4382change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4383match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4384are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4385pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4386
4387The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4388The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4389
4390ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4391me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4392hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4393he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4394rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4395re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4396lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4397
4398The {offset} can be:
4399
4400s start of the matched pattern
4401s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4402s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4403e end of the matched pattern
4404e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4405e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004406{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004407
4408Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4409
4410Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4411meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4412
4413 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4414match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4415region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4416region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4417region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4418
4419Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4420 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4421<
4422 some "string" text
4423 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4424
4425Notes:
4426- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4427 offset(s).
4428- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4429- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4430 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004431- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004432 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004433 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004434- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4435 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4436 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4437
4438Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4439 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4440<
4441 /* this is a comment */
4442 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4443
4444A more complicated Example: >
4445 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4446<
4447 abcfoostringbarabc
4448 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004449 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004450
4451Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4452
4453Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4454with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004455in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004456
4457The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4458be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4459cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4460characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4461used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4462specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4463
4464 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4465 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4466 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4467<
4468 ___zzzz ___wwww
4469 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4470 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4471 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4472
4473The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4474unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4475
4476
4477Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4478
4479The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4480expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4481
4482When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4483allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004484following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4485the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004486
4487The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4488continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4489matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4490halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4491previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4492is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4493 x x a
4494 b x x
4495Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4496after the "\n".
4497
4498
4499External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4500
4501These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4502
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004503 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004504 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4505 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4506 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004507
4508 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4509 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4510 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4511 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4512
4513Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4514sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4515shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4516items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4517referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4518example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4519 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4520
4521As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4522it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004523changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004524first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4525also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004526 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004527
4528Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4529indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4530to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4531Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4532within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4533sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4534the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4535
4536Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4537cannot be referred to.
4538
4539==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010045409. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004541
4542:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4543 [add={group-name}..]
4544 [remove={group-name}..]
4545
4546This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4547single name.
4548
4549 contains={group-name}..
4550 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4551 add={group-name}..
4552 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4553 remove={group-name}..
4554 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4555
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004556A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4557nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4558this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004559
4560Example: >
4561 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4562 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4563
4564As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4565retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4566to speak: >
4567 :syntax keyword A aaa
4568 :syntax keyword B bbb
4569 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4570 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4571 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4572
4573This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4574 :syntax keyword A aaa
4575 :syntax keyword B bbb
4576 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4577 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4578 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4579 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4580 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004581<
4582 *E848*
4583The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004584
4585==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100458610. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004587
4588It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4589a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4590two different ways:
4591
4592 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4593 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4594 the |:runtime| command: >
4595
4596 " In cpp.vim:
4597 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4598 :unlet b:current_syntax
4599
4600< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4601 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4602 ":syntax include" command:
4603
4604:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4605
4606 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4607 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4608 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4609 that list. >
4610
4611 " In perl.vim:
4612 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4613 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4614<
4615 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4616 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4617 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4618 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4619 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004620 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4621 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004622
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004623 *E847*
4624The maximum number of includes is 999.
4625
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004626==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100462711. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004628
4629Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4630make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4631redrawing starts.
4632
4633:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4634
4635There are four ways to synchronize:
46361. Always parse from the start of the file.
4637 |:syn-sync-first|
46382. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4639 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4640 |:syn-sync-second|
46413. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4642 |:syn-sync-third|
46434. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4644 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4645
4646 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4647For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4648limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4649
4650If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4651that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4652lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4653
4654If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4655for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4656adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4657slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004658 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004659<
4660 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4661When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4662cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4663start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4664the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4665break use this: >
4666 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4667The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4668change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4669value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4670
4671
4672First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4673>
4674 :syntax sync fromstart
4675
4676The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4677accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4678so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004679when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004680case: to the end of the file).
4681
4682Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4683
4684
4685Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4686
4687For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4688Example: >
4689 :syntax sync ccomment
4690
4691When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4692comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4693used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4694An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4695 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4696This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4697used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4698region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4699
4700The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4701lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4702lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4703lines, but it hard to sync on).
4704
4705Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4706that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4707is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4708chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4709is hardly ever noticed.
4710
4711
4712Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4713
4714For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4715Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4716means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4717Example: >
4718 :syntax sync minlines=50
4719
4720"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4721
4722
4723Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4724
4725The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4726sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4727region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4728starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4729the search continues backwards in the file.
4730
4731This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4732matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4733- Keywords cannot be used.
4734- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4735 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4736- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4737 forwards.
4738- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4739 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4740 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004741 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004742- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4743 group of continued lines).
4744- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4745 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4746 line (or group of continued lines).
4747- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4748 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4749 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4750 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4751
4752There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
47531. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4754 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4755 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4756 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
47572. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4758 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4759 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4760 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4761Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4762
4763Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4764avoid finding unwanted matches.
4765
4766[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4767search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4768highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4769faster.]
4770
4771 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4772 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4773
4774 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4775 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4776 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4777 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4778 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4779
4780 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4781 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4782
4783 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4784 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4785 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4786 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4787 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4788 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4789 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4790 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4791 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4792 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4793
4794 :syntax sync match ..
4795 :syntax sync region ..
4796
4797 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4798 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4799
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004800 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004801 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4802
4803 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4804 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4805 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4806
4807If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4808searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4809few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4810 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4811
4812You can clear all sync settings with: >
4813 :syntax sync clear
4814
4815You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4816 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4817
4818==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100481912. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004820
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004821This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004822
4823 :sy[ntax] [list]
4824
4825To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4826
4827 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4828
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004829To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004830
4831 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4832
4833See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4834
4835Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4836is mostly used, because it looks better.
4837
4838==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100483913. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004840
4841There are three types of highlight groups:
4842- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
4843 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
4844 linked to a group of the second type.
4845- The ones used for all syntax languages.
4846- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
4847 *hitest.vim*
4848You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
4849 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
4850This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
4851in their own color.
4852
4853 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004854:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4855 This is basically the same as >
4856 :echo g:colors_name
4857< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4858 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4859 feature it will output "unknown".
4860
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004861:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004862 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004863 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004864 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4865 "start" and then under "opt".
4866
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004867 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004868 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004869
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004870 You have two options for customizing a color scheme.
4871 For changing the appearance of specific colors, you
4872 can redefine a color name before loading the scheme.
4873 The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor.
4874 To use a darker variation of the same color: >
4875
4876 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
4877 colorscheme desert
4878<
4879 For further customization, such as changing
4880 |:highlight-link| associations, use another name, e.g.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004881 "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02004882 the original color scheme: >
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004883 runtime colors/evening.vim
4884 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
4885
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004886< Before the color scheme will be loaded all default
4887 color list scripts (`colors/lists/default.vim`) will
4888 be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre| autocommand
4889 event is triggered. After the color scheme has been
4890 loaded the |ColorScheme| autocommand event is
4891 triggered.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02004892 For info about writing a color scheme file: >
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00004893 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004894
4895:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
4896 attributes set.
4897
4898:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
4899 List one highlight group.
4900
Yegappan Lakshmanand1a8d652021-11-03 21:56:45 +00004901 *highlight-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004902:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
4903 highlighting for groups added by the user!
4904 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
4905 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02004906 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004907
4908:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
4909:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
4910 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
4911 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
4912
4913:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
4914 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004915 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00004916 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004917 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004918 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
4919 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
4920 argument.
4921
4922Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
4923default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
4924highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
4925values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
4926the default value.
4927
4928A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
4929a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
4930
4931 :hi Comment gui=bold
4932
4933Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
4934specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
4935result is like this single command has been used: >
4936 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
4937<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004938 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00004939When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
4940also tell where it was last set. Example: >
4941 :verbose hi Comment
4942< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004943 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00004944
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00004945When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
4946mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00004947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004948 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
4949There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
4950term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01004951cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004952 termcap entry)
4953gui the GUI
4954
4955For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
4956the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
4957
49581. highlight arguments for normal terminals
4959
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00004960 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
4961 *inverse* *italic* *standout*
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02004962 *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004963term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
4964 attr-list is a comma separated list (without spaces) of the
4965 following items (in any order):
4966 bold
4967 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00004968 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02004969 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004970 reverse
4971 inverse same as reverse
4972 italic
4973 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02004974 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004975 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
4976
4977 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
4978 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00004979 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02004980 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02004981 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
4982 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
4983 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
4984 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
4985 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
4986
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004987
4988start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
4989stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
4990 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
4991 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
4992
4993 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
4994 is written before the characters in the highlighted
4995 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
4996 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
4997 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
4998 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
4999 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5000
5001 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5002
5003 1. A string with escape sequences.
5004 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5005 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5006 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5007 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5008
5009 2. A list of terminal codes.
5010 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5011 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5012 White space is not allowed. Example:
5013 start=t_C1,t_BL
5014 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5015
5016
50172. highlight arguments for color terminals
5018
5019cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5020 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5021 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5022 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5023 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005024 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5025 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5026 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005027
5028ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5029ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005030ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5031 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5032 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5033
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005034 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5035 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5036 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5037 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5038 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5039 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5040
5041 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5042 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5043 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5044 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5045 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005046 *tmux*
5047 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5048 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005049 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5050 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005051< More info at:
5052 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5053 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005054
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005055 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5056 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5057 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005058 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5059 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5060
5061 *cterm-colors*
5062 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5063 0 0 Black
5064 1 4 DarkBlue
5065 2 2 DarkGreen
5066 3 6 DarkCyan
5067 4 1 DarkRed
5068 5 5 DarkMagenta
5069 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5070 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5071 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5072 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5073 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5074 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5075 12 1* Red, LightRed
5076 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5077 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5078 15 7* White
5079
5080 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5081 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5082 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5083 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5084 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5085 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5086 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5087 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5088 a number instead of a color name.
5089
5090 The case of the color names is ignored.
5091 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005092 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that Blue
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005093 is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
5094
5095 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5096 colors!
5097
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005098 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5099
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005100 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5101 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5102 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5103 Example: >
5104 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5105< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005106 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5107 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5108 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5109 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5110 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005111 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005112 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005113 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005114
5115 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5116 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5117 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5118 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005119 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5120 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5121 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5122 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5123 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005124 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5125< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005126 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005127 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5128
5129
51303. highlight arguments for the GUI
5131
5132gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5133 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5134 See |attr-list| for a description.
5135 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5136 have the same effect.
5137 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5138
5139font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5140 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5141 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5142 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5143<
5144 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5145 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5146 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5147 used).
5148 The following only works with Motif and Athena, not with other GUIs:
5149 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5150 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5151 changed.
5152 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5153 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5154 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005155 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5156 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5157 Example: >
5158 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005159
5160guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5161guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005162guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5163 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005164 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5165 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005166 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005167 NONE no color (transparent)
5168 bg use normal background color
5169 background use normal background color
5170 fg use normal foreground color
5171 foreground use normal foreground color
5172 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5173 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5174 Example: >
5175 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5176<
5177 *gui-colors*
5178 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5179 Red LightRed DarkRed
5180 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5181 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5182 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5183 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5184 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5185 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5186 Black White
5187 Orange Purple Violet
5188
5189 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5190 |win32-colors|.
5191
5192 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5193 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5194 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005195 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005196 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005197 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005198 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005199<
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005200 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexademical value
5201 repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
5202 example: >
5203
5204 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5205 # override it.
5206 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5207 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5208<
5209 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5210 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5211 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5212 scheme: >
5213
5214 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5215 colorscheme alt
5216<
5217 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5218 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5219 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5220 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5221 by a color scheme using: >
5222
5223 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5224 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5225<
5226
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005227 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5228These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5229'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5230of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5231command.
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005232 *hl-ColorColumn*
5233ColorColumn used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005234 *hl-Conceal*
5235Conceal placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5236 text (see 'conceallevel')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005237 *hl-Cursor*
5238Cursor the character under the cursor
Bram Moolenaarf90b6e02019-05-09 19:26:38 +02005239lCursor the character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5240 is used (see 'guicursor')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005241 *hl-CursorIM*
5242CursorIM like Cursor, but used when in IME mode |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005243 *hl-CursorColumn*
5244CursorColumn the screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is
5245 set
5246 *hl-CursorLine*
5247CursorLine the screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is
5248 set
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005249 *hl-Directory*
5250Directory directory names (and other special names in listings)
5251 *hl-DiffAdd*
5252DiffAdd diff mode: Added line |diff.txt|
5253 *hl-DiffChange*
5254DiffChange diff mode: Changed line |diff.txt|
5255 *hl-DiffDelete*
5256DiffDelete diff mode: Deleted line |diff.txt|
5257 *hl-DiffText*
5258DiffText diff mode: Changed text within a changed line |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005259 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005260EndOfBuffer filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
5261 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005262 *hl-ErrorMsg*
5263ErrorMsg error messages on the command line
5264 *hl-VertSplit*
5265VertSplit the column separating vertically split windows
5266 *hl-Folded*
5267Folded line used for closed folds
5268 *hl-FoldColumn*
5269FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5270 *hl-SignColumn*
5271SignColumn column where |signs| are displayed
5272 *hl-IncSearch*
5273IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
5274 ":s///c"
5275 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005276LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005277 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005278 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5279LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5280 option is set, above the cursor line.
5281 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5282LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5283 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005284 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005285CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5286 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005287 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5288CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
5289 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5290CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005291 *hl-MatchParen*
5292MatchParen The character under the cursor or just before it, if it
5293 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
5294
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005295 *hl-ModeMsg*
5296ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
5297 *hl-MoreMsg*
5298MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5299 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005300NonText '@' at the end of the window, characters from 'showbreak'
5301 and other characters that do not really exist in the text
5302 (e.g., ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't
5303 fit at the end of the line).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005304 *hl-Normal*
5305Normal normal text
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005306 *hl-Pmenu*
5307Pmenu Popup menu: normal item.
5308 *hl-PmenuSel*
5309PmenuSel Popup menu: selected item.
5310 *hl-PmenuSbar*
5311PmenuSbar Popup menu: scrollbar.
5312 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5313PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005314 *hl-Question*
5315Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005316 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5317QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005318 *hl-Search*
5319Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005320 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005321 *hl-SpecialKey*
5322SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5323 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
5324 Generally: text that is displayed differently from what it
5325 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005326 *hl-SpellBad*
5327SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5328 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005329 *hl-SpellCap*
5330SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5331 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005332 *hl-SpellLocal*
5333SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5334 used in another region. |spell|
5335 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5336 *hl-SpellRare*
5337SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5338 hardly ever used. |spell|
5339 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005340 *hl-StatusLine*
5341StatusLine status line of current window
5342 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5343StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
5344 Note: if this is equal to "StatusLine" Vim will use "^^^" in
5345 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005346 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
5347StatusLineTerm status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
5348 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
5349StatusLineTermNC status lines of not-current windows that is a |terminal|
5350 window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005351 *hl-TabLine*
5352TabLine tab pages line, not active tab page label
5353 *hl-TabLineFill*
5354TabLineFill tab pages line, where there are no labels
5355 *hl-TabLineSel*
5356TabLineSel tab pages line, active tab page label
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005357 *hl-Terminal*
5358Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005359 *hl-Title*
5360Title titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
5361 *hl-Visual*
5362Visual Visual mode selection
5363 *hl-VisualNOS*
5364VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5365 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5366 *hl-WarningMsg*
5367WarningMsg warning messages
5368 *hl-WildMenu*
5369WildMenu current match in 'wildmenu' completion
5370
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005371 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005372The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005373statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005374
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005375For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005376scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5377Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5378and guifg.
5379
5380 *hl-Menu*
5381Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5382 Also used for the toolbar.
5383 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5384
5385 NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
5386 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5387 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5388 set.
5389
5390 *hl-Scrollbar*
5391Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5392 scrollbars.
5393 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5394
5395 *hl-Tooltip*
5396Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5397 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5398
5399 NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
5400 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5401 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5402 set.
5403
5404==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100540514. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005406
5407When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5408can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5409group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5410
5411To set a link:
5412
5413 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5414
5415To remove a link:
5416
5417 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5418
5419Notes: *E414*
5420- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5421 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5422- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5423 removed.
5424- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5425 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5426 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5427 links for groups that already have settings.
5428
5429 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5430The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5431group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5432will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5433
5434Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5435specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5436 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5437If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5438 :highlight link cComment Question
5439Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5440overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5441
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005442To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5443highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5444another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5445"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5446 highlight! default link cComment Question
5447
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005448==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100544915. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005450
5451If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5452command: >
5453 :syntax clear
5454
5455This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5456or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5457in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5458load the syntax file.
5459The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5460loaded after this command.
5461
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005462To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5463 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5464This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5465
5466To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5467 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5468This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5469
5470 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005471If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5472the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5473 :syntax off
5474
5475What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5476 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5477See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5478$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5479
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005480 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5481If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5482defaults back: >
5483
5484 :syntax reset
5485
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005486It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5487affects the highlighting.
5488
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005489This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5490
5491Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5492back to their Vim default.
5493Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5494scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5495
5496What this actually does is: >
5497
5498 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5499 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5500
5501Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5502
5503 *syncolor*
5504If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5505script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5506'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5507the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5508reset" command.
5509
5510For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5511
5512 if &background == "light"
5513 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5514 else
5515 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5516 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005517<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005518 *E679*
5519Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5520'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5521endless loop.
5522
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005523Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5524your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5525depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5526
5527 *syntax_cmd*
5528The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5529syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005530 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005531 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005532 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5533 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5534 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005535 the colors.
5536 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5537 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5538 them.
5539
5540==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100554116. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005542
5543If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5544mappings.
5545
5546 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5547 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5548>
5549 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5550 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5551
5552WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5553memory Vim will consume.
5554
5555Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
5556must use Exuberant ctags (found at http://ctags.sf.net).
5557
5558Put these lines in your Makefile:
5559
5560# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Exuberant ctags and awk
5561types: types.vim
5562types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005563 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005564 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5565 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5566
5567And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5568
5569 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005570 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005571 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005572 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005573 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5574
5575==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100557617. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005577
5578Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5579possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5580private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5581with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5582highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5583italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5584
5585To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5586windows on the buffer: >
5587 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005588< *w:current_syntax*
5589This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5590"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5591restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5592"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5593"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005594Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005595
5596Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005597on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005598syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005599same buffer.
5600
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005601A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5602is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5603When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005604
5605==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100560618. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005607
5608Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5609default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5610 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5611 : if has("terminfo")
5612 : set t_Co=8
5613 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5614 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5615 : else
5616 : set t_Co=8
5617 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5618 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5619 : endif
5620 :endif
5621< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5622
5623You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5624e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5625
5626Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5627be wrong.
5628 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5629The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5630But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5631 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5632 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5633<
5634 *colortest.vim*
5635To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005636To use it, execute this command: >
5637 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005638
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005639Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005640output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5641at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5642colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5643
5644 *xfree-xterm*
5645To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005646included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005647at: >
5648 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5649Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5650termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5651supports. >
5652 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5653If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5654(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5655
5656This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5657 :if has("terminfo")
5658 : set t_Co=16
5659 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5660 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5661 :else
5662 : set t_Co=16
5663 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5664 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5665 :endif
5666< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5667
5668Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5669translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5670Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5671
5672For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5673
5674 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5675 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5676
5677Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5678and try if that works.
5679
5680You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5681 XTerm*color0: #000000
5682 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5683 XTerm*color2: #008000
5684 XTerm*color3: #808000
5685 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5686 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5687 XTerm*color6: #008080
5688 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5689 XTerm*color8: #808080
5690 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5691 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5692 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5693 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5694 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5695 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5696 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5697 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5698
5699[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5700cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005701newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005702
5703To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5704Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5705 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5706<
5707 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5708To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5709Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5710these resources:
5711 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5712 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5713 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5714 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5715
5716 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005717These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005718foreground colors: >
5719 :if has("terminfo")
5720 : set t_Co=8
5721 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5722 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5723 :else
5724 : set t_Co=8
5725 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5726 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5727 :endif
5728< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5729
5730 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5731These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5732emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5733bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5734 :set t_Co=16
5735 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5736 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5737<
5738 *TTpro-telnet*
5739These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5740open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5741 set t_Co=16
5742 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5743 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5744Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5745that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5746(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5747
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005748
5749==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100575019. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005751
5752This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5753
5754If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5755faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5756as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5757
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005758Note: this is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
5759You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5760
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005761To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5762sequence: >
5763 :syntime on
5764 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5765 :syntime report
5766
5767This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5768it took to match them against the text.
5769
5770:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5771 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5772 matching.
5773
5774:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5775
5776:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5777
5778:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5779 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5780 the output.
5781
5782 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5783 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5784 matching this pattern.
5785 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5786 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5787 matched
5788 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
5789 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
5790 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
5791 this is not unique.
5792 PATTERN The pattern being used.
5793
5794Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
5795include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
5796pattern does NOT match.
5797
5798When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
5799all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
5800literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
5801
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005802"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005803 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005804"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005805
5806
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02005807 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: